Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 163
SmartNodetrade 4980 amp 4990 SeriesMulti-Port T1E1PRI VoIPGateway-Router and IADUser Manual
Sales Office +1 (301) 975-1000Technical Support +1 (301) 975-1007
E-mail supportpattoncom wwwpattoncom
Part Number07MSN4980-90-UMRevised January 29 2013
ImportantThis is a Class A device and is not intended for use in a residential environment
If a copper module is used it may void the CE Certification This product is intended for Fiber SFP modules only
Start Installation
For Quick
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 263
Patton Electronics Company Inc7622 Rickenbacker Drive
Gaithersburg MD 20879 USA Tel +1 (301) 975-1000Fax +1 (301) 869-9293
Support +1 (301) 975-1007 Web wwwpattoncom
E-mail supportpattoncom
Trademark StatementThe terms SmartNode and SmartWareare trademarks of Patton Electronics Company All other trademarks presented in this document are the property of theirrespective owners
Copyright copy 2013 Patton Electronics Company All rights reservedThe information in this document is subject to change without notice Patton Elec-tronics assumes no liability for errors that may appear in this document
Important InformationTo use virtual private network (VPN) andor AESDES3DES encryption capabilities with the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series you may need to purchase additionallicenses hardware software network connection andor service Contact salespat-toncom or +1 (301) 975-1000 for assistance
Warranty InformationThe software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be usedor copied only in accordance with the terms of such license For information about thelicense see Appendix F End User License Agreementon page 61 or go towwwpattoncom
Patton Electronics warrants all SmartNode components to be free from defects and willmdashat our optionmdashrepair or replace the product should it fail within one year fromthe first date of the shipment
This warranty is limited to defects in workmanship or materials and does not covercustomer damage abuse or unauthorized modification If the product fails to performas warranted your sole recourse shall be repair or replacement as described aboveUnder no condition shall Patton Electronics be liable for any damages incurred by theuse of this product These damages include but are not limited to the following lostprofits lost savings and incidental or consequential damages arising from the use of orinability to use this product Patton Electronics specifically disclaims all other warran-ties expressed or implied and the installation or use of this product shall be deemedan acceptance of these terms by the user
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 363
3
Summary Table of Contents
1 General Information 13
2 Applications Overview 22
3 SmartNode Installation 24
4 Initial Configuration 30
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35
A Compliance Information 38
B Specifications 42
C Cabling 49
D Port Pin-outs 54E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
F End User License Agreement 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 463
4
Table of Contents
Summary Table of Contents 3Table of Contents 4List of Figures 7List of Tables 8
About This Guide 9 Audience 9Structure 9Precautions 10
Safety when working with electricity 11 12General observations 12
Typographical Conventions Used in this Document 12General conventions 12
1 General Information 13SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SN4980 Series model codes 15SN4990 Series model codes 16
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels18SN4980 Series rear panel 18SN4990 Series rear panel 18
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel20
2 Applications Overview 22Typical Application23
3 SmartNode Installation 24Planning the Installation25
Site log 25Network information 25Network Diagram 25IP related information 25Software tools 26 AC Power Mains 26Location and mounting requirements 26
Installing the SmartNode26Placing the SmartNode 26Ground Connection 27Installing cables 27
Connecting the PRI 27Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 27Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 28
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 563
5
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 28Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 28
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 29
4 Initial Configuration 30Introduction 311 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 312 Configuring the Desired IP Address32
Factory-default IP settings 32Login 32Changing the WAN IP address 32
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 334 Loading the Configuration (optional)34 Additional Information 34
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35Introduction 36Contact Information 36
Patton support headquarters in the USA 36 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 36
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)36 Warranty coverage 36
Out-of-warranty service 37Returns for credit 37
Return for credit policy 37RMA numbers 37
Shipping instructions 37
A Compliance Information 38Compliance39
EMC 39Safety 39PSTN Regulatory 39
Radio and TV Interference39FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40Industry Canada Notice 40CE Declaration of Conformity 41 Authorized European Representative41
B Specifications 42Voice Connectivity 43Data Connectivity 43Voice Processing (signaling dependent)43Fax and Modem Support43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 263
Patton Electronics Company Inc7622 Rickenbacker Drive
Gaithersburg MD 20879 USA Tel +1 (301) 975-1000Fax +1 (301) 869-9293
Support +1 (301) 975-1007 Web wwwpattoncom
E-mail supportpattoncom
Trademark StatementThe terms SmartNode and SmartWareare trademarks of Patton Electronics Company All other trademarks presented in this document are the property of theirrespective owners
Copyright copy 2013 Patton Electronics Company All rights reservedThe information in this document is subject to change without notice Patton Elec-tronics assumes no liability for errors that may appear in this document
Important InformationTo use virtual private network (VPN) andor AESDES3DES encryption capabilities with the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series you may need to purchase additionallicenses hardware software network connection andor service Contact salespat-toncom or +1 (301) 975-1000 for assistance
Warranty InformationThe software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be usedor copied only in accordance with the terms of such license For information about thelicense see Appendix F End User License Agreementon page 61 or go towwwpattoncom
Patton Electronics warrants all SmartNode components to be free from defects and willmdashat our optionmdashrepair or replace the product should it fail within one year fromthe first date of the shipment
This warranty is limited to defects in workmanship or materials and does not covercustomer damage abuse or unauthorized modification If the product fails to performas warranted your sole recourse shall be repair or replacement as described aboveUnder no condition shall Patton Electronics be liable for any damages incurred by theuse of this product These damages include but are not limited to the following lostprofits lost savings and incidental or consequential damages arising from the use of orinability to use this product Patton Electronics specifically disclaims all other warran-ties expressed or implied and the installation or use of this product shall be deemedan acceptance of these terms by the user
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 363
3
Summary Table of Contents
1 General Information 13
2 Applications Overview 22
3 SmartNode Installation 24
4 Initial Configuration 30
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35
A Compliance Information 38
B Specifications 42
C Cabling 49
D Port Pin-outs 54E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
F End User License Agreement 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 463
4
Table of Contents
Summary Table of Contents 3Table of Contents 4List of Figures 7List of Tables 8
About This Guide 9 Audience 9Structure 9Precautions 10
Safety when working with electricity 11 12General observations 12
Typographical Conventions Used in this Document 12General conventions 12
1 General Information 13SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SN4980 Series model codes 15SN4990 Series model codes 16
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels18SN4980 Series rear panel 18SN4990 Series rear panel 18
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel20
2 Applications Overview 22Typical Application23
3 SmartNode Installation 24Planning the Installation25
Site log 25Network information 25Network Diagram 25IP related information 25Software tools 26 AC Power Mains 26Location and mounting requirements 26
Installing the SmartNode26Placing the SmartNode 26Ground Connection 27Installing cables 27
Connecting the PRI 27Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 27Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 28
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 563
5
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 28Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 28
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 29
4 Initial Configuration 30Introduction 311 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 312 Configuring the Desired IP Address32
Factory-default IP settings 32Login 32Changing the WAN IP address 32
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 334 Loading the Configuration (optional)34 Additional Information 34
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35Introduction 36Contact Information 36
Patton support headquarters in the USA 36 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 36
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)36 Warranty coverage 36
Out-of-warranty service 37Returns for credit 37
Return for credit policy 37RMA numbers 37
Shipping instructions 37
A Compliance Information 38Compliance39
EMC 39Safety 39PSTN Regulatory 39
Radio and TV Interference39FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40Industry Canada Notice 40CE Declaration of Conformity 41 Authorized European Representative41
B Specifications 42Voice Connectivity 43Data Connectivity 43Voice Processing (signaling dependent)43Fax and Modem Support43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 363
3
Summary Table of Contents
1 General Information 13
2 Applications Overview 22
3 SmartNode Installation 24
4 Initial Configuration 30
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35
A Compliance Information 38
B Specifications 42
C Cabling 49
D Port Pin-outs 54E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
F End User License Agreement 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 463
4
Table of Contents
Summary Table of Contents 3Table of Contents 4List of Figures 7List of Tables 8
About This Guide 9 Audience 9Structure 9Precautions 10
Safety when working with electricity 11 12General observations 12
Typographical Conventions Used in this Document 12General conventions 12
1 General Information 13SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SN4980 Series model codes 15SN4990 Series model codes 16
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels18SN4980 Series rear panel 18SN4990 Series rear panel 18
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel20
2 Applications Overview 22Typical Application23
3 SmartNode Installation 24Planning the Installation25
Site log 25Network information 25Network Diagram 25IP related information 25Software tools 26 AC Power Mains 26Location and mounting requirements 26
Installing the SmartNode26Placing the SmartNode 26Ground Connection 27Installing cables 27
Connecting the PRI 27Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 27Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 28
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 563
5
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 28Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 28
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 29
4 Initial Configuration 30Introduction 311 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 312 Configuring the Desired IP Address32
Factory-default IP settings 32Login 32Changing the WAN IP address 32
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 334 Loading the Configuration (optional)34 Additional Information 34
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35Introduction 36Contact Information 36
Patton support headquarters in the USA 36 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 36
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)36 Warranty coverage 36
Out-of-warranty service 37Returns for credit 37
Return for credit policy 37RMA numbers 37
Shipping instructions 37
A Compliance Information 38Compliance39
EMC 39Safety 39PSTN Regulatory 39
Radio and TV Interference39FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40Industry Canada Notice 40CE Declaration of Conformity 41 Authorized European Representative41
B Specifications 42Voice Connectivity 43Data Connectivity 43Voice Processing (signaling dependent)43Fax and Modem Support43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 463
4
Table of Contents
Summary Table of Contents 3Table of Contents 4List of Figures 7List of Tables 8
About This Guide 9 Audience 9Structure 9Precautions 10
Safety when working with electricity 11 12General observations 12
Typographical Conventions Used in this Document 12General conventions 12
1 General Information 13SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SN4980 Series model codes 15SN4990 Series model codes 16
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels18SN4980 Series rear panel 18SN4990 Series rear panel 18
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel20
2 Applications Overview 22Typical Application23
3 SmartNode Installation 24Planning the Installation25
Site log 25Network information 25Network Diagram 25IP related information 25Software tools 26 AC Power Mains 26Location and mounting requirements 26
Installing the SmartNode26Placing the SmartNode 26Ground Connection 27Installing cables 27
Connecting the PRI 27Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 27Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 28
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 563
5
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 28Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 28
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 29
4 Initial Configuration 30Introduction 311 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 312 Configuring the Desired IP Address32
Factory-default IP settings 32Login 32Changing the WAN IP address 32
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 334 Loading the Configuration (optional)34 Additional Information 34
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35Introduction 36Contact Information 36
Patton support headquarters in the USA 36 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 36
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)36 Warranty coverage 36
Out-of-warranty service 37Returns for credit 37
Return for credit policy 37RMA numbers 37
Shipping instructions 37
A Compliance Information 38Compliance39
EMC 39Safety 39PSTN Regulatory 39
Radio and TV Interference39FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40Industry Canada Notice 40CE Declaration of Conformity 41 Authorized European Representative41
B Specifications 42Voice Connectivity 43Data Connectivity 43Voice Processing (signaling dependent)43Fax and Modem Support43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 563
5
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 28Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 28
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 28Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 29
4 Initial Configuration 30Introduction 311 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 312 Configuring the Desired IP Address32
Factory-default IP settings 32Login 32Changing the WAN IP address 32
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 334 Loading the Configuration (optional)34 Additional Information 34
5 Contacting Patton for Assistance 35Introduction 36Contact Information 36
Patton support headquarters in the USA 36 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 36
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)36 Warranty coverage 36
Out-of-warranty service 37Returns for credit 37
Return for credit policy 37RMA numbers 37
Shipping instructions 37
A Compliance Information 38Compliance39
EMC 39Safety 39PSTN Regulatory 39
Radio and TV Interference39FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40Industry Canada Notice 40CE Declaration of Conformity 41 Authorized European Representative41
B Specifications 42Voice Connectivity 43Data Connectivity 43Voice Processing (signaling dependent)43Fax and Modem Support43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 663
6
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual Table of Contents
Voice Signalling 44Voice Routingmdashsession router44IP Services44
Management 45System45Physical45 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)46Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP47
C Cabling 49Introduction 50Console50Ethernet 51E1 PRI 52T1 PRI 53
D Port Pin-outs 54Introduction 55Console Port55Ethernet 55PRI Port 56GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)56 ADSL Port (A models only)57Fiber Ports (F models only)57 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)57
E SmartNode Factory Configuration 58
Introduction 59F End User License Agreement 61
End User License Agreement621 Definitions 622 Title 623 Term 624 Grant of License 625 Warranty 626 Termination 637 Other licenses 638 SmartWare licenses 63
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 763
7
List of Figures
1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right) 142 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel 183 SN4991 Rear Panel 184 SmartNode 49804990 front panel 205 SN4980 application 236 SN4990 application 237 Power connector location on rear panel 298 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC 319 Connecting the SmartNode to the network 3310 Connecting a serial terminal 5011 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T 5112 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T 51
13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1 5214 E1 PRI port crossover cable 5215 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device 5316 T1 PRI crossover cable 5317 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 863
8
List of Tables
1 General conventions 122 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 153 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels 154 SmartNode 4991 GSHDSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 165 SmartNode 4991 Fiber Model PRI Ports and Voice Channels 166 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 177 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels 178 Rear panel ports 199 LED Definitions 2010 Sample site log entries 2511 Factory default IP address and network mask configuration 32
12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications 4613 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID 4714 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T 5515 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T 5616 RJ-45 socket 5617 RJ-45 connector 5618 ADSL Port RJ-45 connector 57
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 963
9
About This GuideThis guide describes the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series hardware installation and basic configuration Fordetailed software configuration information refer to theSmartWare Software Configuration Guide and the avail-able Configuration Notes
AudienceThis guide is intended for the following users
bull Operatorsbull Installersbull Maintenance technicians
StructureThis guide contains the following chapters and appendices
bull Chapter 1 on page 13 provides information about SmartNode features and capabilitiesbull Chapter 2 on page 22 contains an overview describing SmartNode operation and applicationsbull Chapter 3 on page 24 provides hardware installation proceduresbull Chapter 4 on page 30 provides quick-start procedures for configuring the SmartNodebull Chapter 5 on page 35 contains information on contacting Patton technical support for assistancebull Appendix A on page 38 contains compliance information for the SmartNodebull Appendix B on page 42 contains specifications for the SmartNodesbull Appendix C on page 49 provides cable recommendations
bull Appendix D on page 54 describes the SmartNodersquos ports and pin-outsbull Appendix E on page 58 lists the factory configuration settings for the SmartNodebull Appendix F on page 61 provides license information that describes acceptable usage of the software pro-
vided with the SmartNodeFor best results read the contents of this guidebefore you install the SmartNode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1063
10
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
PrecautionsNotes cautions and warnings which have the following meanings are used throughout this guide to help youbecome aware of potential problemsWarnings are intended to prevent safety hazards that could result in per-sonal injury Cautions are intended to prevent situations that could result in property damage orimpaired functioning
Note A note presents additional information or interesting sidelights
The alert symbol and IMPORTANT heading calls attention toimportant information
The alert symbol and CAUTION heading indicate a potential haz-ard Strictly follow the instructions to avoid property damage
The shock hazard symbol and CAUTION heading indicate apotential electric shock hazard Strictly follow the instructions toavoid property damage caused by electric shock
The alert symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential safety hazardStrictly follow the warning instructions to avoid personal injury
The shock hazard symbol and WARNING heading indicate a potential electricshock hazard Strictly follow the warning instructions to avoid injury causedby electric shock
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1163
11
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
Safety when working with electricity
bull Do not open the device when the power cord is connected For systemswithout a power switch and without an external power adapter line volt-ages are present within the device when the power cord is connected
bull For devices with an external power adapter the power adapter shall be alistedLimited Power Source The mains outlet that is utilized to power thedevice shall be within 10 feet (3 meters) of the device shall be easilyaccessible and protected by a circuit breaker in compliance with local regu-latory requirements
bull For AC powered devices ensure that the power cable used meets all appli-cable standards for the country in which it is to be installed
bull For AC powered devices which have 3 conductor power plugs (L1 L2 ampGND or Hot Neutral amp SafetyProtective Ground) the wall outlet (orsocket) must have an earth ground
bull For DC powered devices ensure that the interconnecting cables are ratedfor proper voltage current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
bull WAN LAN amp PSTN ports (connections) may have hazardous voltagespresent regardless of whether the device is powered ON or OFF PSTNrelates to interfaces such as telephone lines FXS FXO DSL xDSL T1 E1ISDN Voice etc These are known as ldquohazardous network voltagesrdquo andto avoid electric shock use caution when working near these ports Whendisconnecting cables for these ports detach the far end connection first
bull Do not work on the device or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
This device contains no user serviceable parts This device can only berepaired by qualified service personnel
This device is NOT intended nor approved for connection to the PSTN It isintended only for connection to customer premise equipment
In accordance with the requirements of council directive 200296EC on Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)ensure that at end-of-life you separate this product from otherwaste and scrap and deliver to the WEEE collection system in
your country for recycling
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1263
12
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual
General observations bull Clean the case with a soft slightly moist anti-static clothbull Place the unit on a flat surface and ensure free air circulation
bull Avoid exposing the unit to direct sunlight and other heat sourcesbull Protect the unit from moisture vapors and corrosive liquids
Typographical Conventions Used in this DocumentThis section describes the typographical conventions and terms used in this guide
General conventions The procedures described in this manual use the following text conventions
Always follow ESD prevention procedures when removing andreplacing cards
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap ensuring that it makes goodskin contact Connect the clip to an unpainted surface of thechassis frame to safely channel unwanted ESD voltagesto groundTo properly guard against ESD damage and shocks the wriststrap and cord must operate effectively If no wrist strap is avail-able ground yourself by touching the metal part of the chassis
Table 1 General conventionsConvention Meaning
Garamond blue type Indicates a cross-reference hyperlink that points to a figure graphic table or sec-tion heading Clicking on the hyperlink jumps you to the reference When youhave finished reviewing the reference click on theGo to Previous View button in the Adobereg Acrobatreg Reader toolbar to return to your starting point
Futura bold type Commands and keywords are in boldface fontFutura bold-italic type Parts of commands which are related to elements already named by the user are
in boldface italic fontItalicized Futura type Variables for which you supply values are initalic fontFutura type Indicates the names of fields or windowsGaramond bold type Indicates the names of command buttons that execute an actionlt gt Angle brackets indicate function and keyboard keys such as ltSHIFTgt ltCTRLgt
ltCgt and so on
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optionala | b | c Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ( ) and are separated
by vertical bars ( | )screen Terminal sessions and information the system displays are inscreen font node The leading IP address or nodename of a SmartNode is substituted withnode in
boldface italic fontSN The leadingSN on a command line represents the nodename of the SmartNode An hash sign at the beginning of a line indicates a comment line
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1463
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 14
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 T1E1 PRI VoIP Router (see Figure 1) combines Universal SIP Trunking IProuting VPNSecurity and Quality of Service with high-quality Voice over IP (VoIP) delivered on 1 to 4 Pri-mary Rate Interfaces (PRI T1E1) This combination paves the way for enterprisesrsquo migration to unified com-munications by integrating legacy telephone systems with PSTN and VoIP networks
Figure 1 SmartNode 4980 (left) and SmartNode 4990 (right)
The SmartNode 4980 Gateway-Router and SmartNode 4990 IAD perform the following major functions
bull Up to 120 VoIP Calls mdashUp to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls with one to four T1E1PRI portsand dual Gigabit Ethernet ports Use any CODEC or fax on any port any time
bull Unified Communications Agenttrade mdashProvides any-to-any multi-path switching with VoIP and data sur-vivability VoIP-over-VPN security with AESDES strong encryption Internet Key Exchange (IKE) andSIP Registrar
bull Universal SIP and T38 Support mdashSoftswitch-certified signaling support between all T1 RBS CAS ISDNPRI QSIG SIP and H323
bull Secure Toll-Quality VoIP mdashPattonrsquos DownStreamQoStrade and Voice-over-VPN with adaptive trafficmanagement and shaping for maximum voice quality and secure voice communication
bull IP Routing mdashRIP v1v2 VRRP policy-based routing and loopback interface
bull Transparent Telephony Features mdashComplex number manipulation and mapping for seamless integration with existing infrastructures CLIP CLIR hold transfer and much more
bull Management amp Provisioning mdashWeb-based management SNMP Command Line Interface Automatedprovisioning for easy large-scale deployments
bull Optional High Precision Clock mdashDelivers DECT PBX interoperability with reliable fax performance
bull GSHDSL ADSL X21 or Fiber Broadband Access mdashComplete Access Router with integratedGSHDSLbis WAN interface delivers symmetrical throughput up to 114 Mbps over four wires or up to57 Mbps over two wires 14 Mbps ADSL WAN interface up to 2 Mbps X21 interface or 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps Fiber interface Supports ATM QoS with multiple PVCs and outstanding DSLAM interopera-bility
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1563
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 15
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SN4980 Series model codes The SmartNode 4980 series consists of several models They differ in the number of PRI ports and voice chan-nels supported All models come equipped with two 101001000Base-T Ethernet ports The SmartNode
4980 PRI ports and voice channels are listed inTable 2 and high precision clock models are listed inTable 3
The high precision SmartNode 4981 models have a Stratum III clock that provides a clock source of lt 5 ppmThe SN4981 can provide a PSTN-equivalent clock for PBXs that used to rely on PSTN for an accurate clocksource The popular DECT PBX needs such high precision clocks
Table 2 SmartNode 4980 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49801E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash ndashSN49801E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash ndashSN49804E15VREUI 4 15 ndash ndashSN49804E24VREUI 4 24 ndash ndashSN49804E30VREUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E48VREUI 4 48 ndash ndashSN49804E60VREUI 4 60 ndash ndashSN49804E96VREUI 4 96 ndash ndashSN49804E120VREUI 4 120 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash ndashSN49804E30V120RUI 4 30 ndash
Table 3 SmartNode 4981 PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay Internal
PowerHigh Precision
Clock
SN49811E15VEUI 1 15 ndash ndash
SN49811E24VEUI 1 24 ndash ndash
SN49811E30VEUI 1 30 ndash ndash
SN49814E15VREUI 4 15 ndash
SN49814E24VREUI 4 24 ndash
SN49814E30VREUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E48VREUI 4 48
ndash
SN49814E60VREUI 4 60 ndash
SN49814E96VREUI 4 96 ndash
SN49814E120VREUI 4 120 ndash
SN49814E30V120REUI 4 30 ndash
SN49814E30V120RUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1763
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Overview 17
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 6 SmartNode 4991 ADSL Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Model PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay ADSL High PrecisionClock
SN49911E15VAEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E30VAEUI 1 30 ndash
SN49914E15VRAEUI 4 15
SN49914E30VRAEUI 4 30
Table 7 SmartNode 4991 X21 Models PRI Ports and Voice Channels
Models PRI Ports VoiceChannels Relay X21 High Precision
Clock
SN49911E15VDEUI 1 15 ndash
SN49911E24VDEUI 1 24 ndash
SN49911E30VDEUI 1 30
SN49914E15VRDEUI 4 15
SN49914E24VRDEUI 4 24
SN49914E30VRDEUI 4 30
SN49914E48VRDEUI 4 48
SN49914E60VRDEUI 4 60
SN49914E96VRDEUI 4 96
SN49914E120VRDEUI 4 120
SN49914E30V120RDEUI 4 30
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1863
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 18
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear PanelsThe SmartNode 4980 and 4990 rear panel ports are described inTable 8 on page 19
SN4980 Series rear panel
Figure 2 SN4980SN4981 Rear Panel
SN4990 Series rear panel
Figure 3 SN4991 Rear Panel
T1E1PRI ports 03ndash00
4E120V
ETH 00101001000Base-T port
RESETbutton
ConsoleRS-232 port
ETH 01101001000Base-T port
RS-232
ConsoleETH 00ETH 01
R e s e t
00010203
T1E1
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 1963
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Rear Panels 19
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
Table 8 Rear panel portsPort Description
ETH 00-01(SN4991models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connects the unit to an Ether-net Expansion device (for example a cable modem DSL modem or fiber modem)Note Only full duplex modes are supported
LAN ETH 01-01(SN49804981models only)
Auto-MDX Gigabit-Ethernet port RJ-45 (seeFigure 2) connect the unit to an EthernetLAN (for example a PC printer or wireless bridge) Note Only full duplex modesare supported
PRI 00-03 RJ-45 connector providing E1 (2048Mbps) or T1(1533 Mbps) PRI interface meet-ing all requirements of ITU-T recommendations for G703 Use a shielded E1 or T1interface cable for 120 Ohm balanced connections to connect the SmartNode withan NT or ET eg a PBX or LE
Expansion PortGSHDSL ADSLSFP or X21(SN4991 2GSmodels only)
The GSHDSL ADSL SFP or X21 LEDs are located on either side of the DSL portACT (when lit or blinking) shows Activity and LINK (when lit) shows that the DSL portis connected
Console Used for service and maintenance the Console port (seeFigure 2) an RS-232 RJ-45connector connects the product to a serial terminal such as a PC or ASCII terminal(also called a dumb terminal)
12V DC 10A Electricity supply socket (seeFigure 2)Reset The reset button (seeFigure 2) has three functions
bull Restart the unit with the current startup configurationmdashPress (for less than 1 second)and release the Reset button to restart the unit with the current startup configuration
bull Restart the unit with factory default configurationmdashPress theReset button for5 seconds until thePower LED starts blinking to restart the unit with factory defaultconfiguration
bull Restart the unit in bootloader mode (to be used only by trained SmartNode tech-nicians)mdashStarting with the unit powered off press and hold theReset button as
you apply power to the unit Release theReset button when thePower LED startsblinking so the unit will enter bootloader mode
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2063
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 20
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front PanelFigure 4 shows the SmartNodersquos front panel LEDs The LED definitions are listed inTable 9
Figure 4 SmartNode 49804990 front panel
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
Note If an error occurs all LEDs will flash once per secondPower When lit indicates power is appliedRun When lit the unit is in normal operation flashes once per second during boot (star-
tup)
Power
Activity
VoIP Ethernet 00
LinkEthernet 00
100
1E30V
4E120V
T 1 E 1
P o r t 1
T 1 E 1
P o r t 2
T 1 E 1
P o r t 3
T 1 E 1
P o r t 0
Ethernet 001000
Ethernet 00Activity
Ethernet 01Link
Ethernet 01100
Ethernet 011000
Ethernet 01Activity
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 0
T1E1 Port 1 T1E1 Port 2
T1E1 Port 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 1
T 1 E 1 P o r t 2
T 1 E 1 P o r t 3
T 1 E 1 P o r t 0
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNodeEnterprise T1E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
SmartNode
Enterprise T1 E1 VoIP Gateway-Router
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2163
SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series Front Panel 21
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 1 bull General Information
VoIP Link bull On indicates the gateway is registered to an H323 gatekeeperSIP server or inthe case of direct routing has at least one active VoIP connection
bull Off indicates the unit is not configured or registered or has no active direct-routedVoIP connection
bull Flashing green indicates that the unit is attempting to register or has failed to reg-ister
Ethernet Link bull On when the Ethernet connection on the corresponding port has a linkindication
Ethernet Speed10100
When the Ethernet Link LED is on thenbull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 100Mb network
bull Off when the Ethernet is connected to a 10Mb network
Ethernet Speed1000 bull On when the Ethernet is connected to a 1000Mb network
Ethernet Activity bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted at the corresponding Ethernet portPRI LinkStatus bull On = in frame no errors
bull Flash = Error
bull Fast Flash = Signal detected but no frame synchronization or acquisition is in pro-cess
bull Slow Flash = Framing synchronized Signaling not establishedGSHDSL ACT(Rear panel)
bull Flashes when data is received or transmitted
bull Off = No activityGSHDSL Link (Rear panel)note SFP ADSL or
X21
bull On when the GSHDSL connection on the corresponding port has a link indica-tionbull Off = No GSHDSL connection
Table 9 LED DefinitionsLED Description
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2263
22
Chapter 2 Applications Overview
Chapter contents Typical Application25
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2363
Typical Application 23
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 2 bull Applications Overview
Typical ApplicationIP-enable legacy PBX systems with an Enterprise-class SmartNode 4980 VoIP Gateway-Router or SmartNode4990 Integrated Access DeviceThe SN4980 and SN4990 support up to 120 concurrent VoIP calls
The SN4980 with built-in IP Router enables Enterprises to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IPtelephony services and the PSTN With built-in GSHDSL ADSL Fiber or X21 the SN4990 enables Broad-band Providers to connect existing PBX systems with advanced IP telephony services and the PSTN
Combining a VoIP gateway with an IP router the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series adds QoS and VPN secu-rity making it the ideal solution for secure prioritized communications
Figure 5 SN4980 application
Figure 6 SN4990 application
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2463
24
Chapter 3 SmartNode Installation
Chapter contents Planning the Installation27
Site log 27Network information 27Network Diagram 27IP related information 27Software tools 28 AC Power Mains 28Location and mounting requirements 28
Installing the SmartNode28Placing the SmartNode 28Ground Connection 29Installing cables 29
Connecting the PRI 29Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cables 29Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models) 30Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network 30Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only) 30Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply 31
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2563
Planning the Installation 25
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Planning the InstallationBefore installing the SmartNode the following tasks should be completed
bull Create a network diagram (see sectionldquoNetwork informationrdquo on page 25)bull Gather IP related information (see sectionldquoIP related informationrdquo on page 25 for more information)
bull Install the hardware and software needed to configure the SmartNode (See sectionldquoSoftware toolsrdquo onpage 26)
bull Verify power source reliability (see sectionldquoAC Power Mainsrdquo on page 26)
After you have finished preparing for installation go to the sectionldquoInstalling the SmartNoderdquo on page 26 toinstall the device
Site log Patton recommends that you maintain a site log to record all actions relevant to the system if you do not
already keep such a log Site log entries should include information such as listed inTable 10
Network informationNetwork connection considerations that you should take into account for planning are provided for severaltypes of network interfaces are described in the following sections
Network Diagram Draw a network overview diagram that displays all neighboring IP nodes connected elements and
telephony components
IP related informationBefore you can set up the basic IP connectivity for your SmartNode you should have the following informa-tion
bull IP addresses used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
bull Subnet mask used for Ethernet LAN and WAN ports
Table 10 Sample site log entries
Entry DescriptionInstallation Make a copy of the installation checklist and insert it into the site log
Upgrades and maintenance Use the site log to record ongoing maintenance and expansion history
Configuration changes Record all changes and the reasons for them
Maintenance Schedules requirements and procedures performed
Comments Notes and problems
Software Changes and updates to SmartWare software
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2663
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2763
Installing the SmartNode 27
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Ground Connection
Installing cables
Connect the cables in the following order
1 Connect the T1E1 cables to the PRI T1E1 ports (see Appendix C on page 49 and Appendix D onpage 54)
2 Connect the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN (see section ldquoConnecting the101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesrdquo on page 27)
3 Connect the power mains cable (see sectionldquoConnecting the SmartNode to the power supplyrdquo onpage 29)
Connecting the PRI The SmartNode comes with one or four PRI ports These ports are usually connected to a PBX or switch (localexchange (LE) ) Each PRI T1E1 port is a RJ-48C receptacle In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 can be usedto connect the PRI Each port can be configured as NT (clock master) or TE (clock slave)
For details on the PRI port pin-out and ISDN cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquo on page 43 and Appen-dix D ldquoport pin-outsrdquo on page 47
Connecting the 101001000Base-T Ethernet LAN and WAN cablesThe SmartNode has automatic MDX (auto-crossover) detection and configuration on all Ethernet ports Anyof the ports can be connected to a host or hubswitch with a straight-through or cross-over wired cable
To be compliant with safety regulations (EN60950-1 UL60950-1 and CANCSA-C222 No 60950) the ground terminal mustbe connected to a reliable ground
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods oflightning activity
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2863
Installing the SmartNode 28
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
1 Connect to the subscriber port of the broadband access modem (DSL cable WLL) toETH 00
Note The SmartNode Ethernet ports operate in Full Duplex mode only Do not
connect to Half Duplex ports For best results use auto-negotiation Autonegotiation is mandatory when using 1000BaseT (Gigabit) Ethernet
2 Connect port ETH 01 to your LAN
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 49 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 54
Installation cable requirements for the DSL WAN cable (SN4991 2GS Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for a GSHDSL or ADSL WAN interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the GSHDSL port
For details on the GSHDSL port pinout refer to ldquoGSHDSL Port (2GS models only)rdquo on page 56
Installation cable requirements for the X21 WAN cable (SN4991 D Models)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an X21 serial interface Insert the X21 WAN cablersquosDB-15 male end into the DB-15 connector on the SN4991 Plug the other end of the cable into the X21device
For details on the X21interface pinout refer toldquoX21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)rdquo on page 57
Installation cable requirements for the SFP for Fiber WAN module (SN4991)The SmartNode Model 4991 comes with an option for an SFP for Fiber WAN module For details about thetested and compatible SFP modules seehttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
Connecting the SmartNode to the IP network The SmartNode comes with four 10100 Base-Tx Ethernet ports for connection to an IP network The Ether-net WAN interface is factory-configured as a DHCP client so you must connect the SmartNode to an IP net- work that provides a DHCP server
The Ethernet port (ETH) includes an automatic MDX (auto-crossover) feature that automatically detects thecable configuration and adjusts accordingly The feature allow you to use a straight-through Ethernet cable toconnect to an Ethernet hub or switch Typically the hub or switch will connect to a router that provides the thelocal-residential IP network with broadband Internet access
Using the included black Ethernet cable connect the RJ-45 Ethernet WAN port on your SmartNode (labeledETH) to an Ethernet hub or switch on the same network as your PC
For details on the Ethernet port pinout and cables refer to Appendix C ldquoCablingrdquoon page 48 and AppendixD ldquoPort Pin-outsrdquo on page 51
Connecting the SmartNodersquos DSL or Fiber port (SN4670 series only)The SmartNode Models 4670 and 4671 come with a GSHDSL ADSL or Fiber interface Use a straight-through RJ-45 cable to connect the DSL port or a fiber optic cable to connect to the SFP port
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 2963
Installing the SmartNode 29
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 3 bull SmartNode Installation
Connecting the SmartNode to the power supply
1 Insert the barrel type connector end of the AC power cord into the12V DC 10A port (see Figure 7)
2 Insert the female end of the power cord into the internal power supply connector
Figure 7 Power connector location on rear panel
3 Verify that the AC power cord included with your SmartNode is compatible with local standards If it isnot refer to chapter 5 ldquoContacting Patton for Assistancerdquoon page 35 to find out how to replace it with acompatible power cord
4 Connect the male end of the power cord to an appropriate power outlet
5 Verify that the green Power LED is lit (seeFigure 7)
bull Do not connect power to the AC Mains at this time
bull The external power adapter shall be a listed Limited PowerSource
bull The 4980 external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060 Hz)Verify that the proper voltage is present before plugging thepower cord into the receptacle Failure to do so could result inequipment damage
bull The external power supply automatically adjusts toaccept an input voltage from 100 to 240 VAC (5060Hz)
bull Verify that the proper voltage is present before pluggingthe power cord into the receptacle Failure to do so couldresult in equipment damage
3A
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3063
30
Chapter 4 Initial Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 331 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PC 332 Configuring the Desired IP Address34
Factory-default IP settings 34Login 34Changing the WAN IP address 34
3 Connecting the SmartNode to the Network 354 Loading the Configuration (optional)36 Additional Information 36
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3163
Introduction 31
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
IntroductionThis chapter leads you through the basic steps to set up a new SmartNode and to download a configurationSetting up a new SmartNode consists of the following main steps
Note If you havenrsquot already installed the SmartNode refer to chapter3 ldquoSmartNode Installationrdquoon page 24
bull Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
bull Configuring the desired IP address
bull Connecting the SmartNode to the network
bull Loading the configuration (optional)
1 Connecting the SmartNode to your Laptop PCFirst the SmartNode must be connected to the mains power supply with the power cable Wait until thePower LED stops blinking and stays lit constantly Now the SmartNode is ready
The SmartNode 4980 and 4990 Series is equipped with Auto-MDX Ethernet ports so you can use straight-through cables for host or hubswitch connections (seeFigure 8)
Figure 8 Connecting the SmartNode to your laptop PC
The SmartNode comes with a built-in DHCP server to simplify configuration Therefore to automatically
configure the PC for IP connectivity to the SmartNode the laptop PC must be configured for DHCP TheSmartNode will provide the PC with an IP address You can check the connection to the SmartNode by exe-cuting the ping command from the PC command window as follows
ping 19216811
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
LAN (connect to ETH 01)
Laptop PCEthernet
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3263
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3363
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3463
4 Loading the Configuration (optional) 34
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 4 bull Initial Configuration
Note If the WAN address is not set to DHCP to ping a device outside your localLAN you must first configure the default gateway (For information on con-figuring the default gateway refer to section ldquoSet IP addressesrdquo in Appendix
C ldquoCommand Summaryrdquo of the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Con- figuration Guide )
4 Loading the Configuration (optional)Patton provides a collection of configuration templates on the support page atwwwpattoncomsmart-nodemdashone of which may be similar enough to your application that you can use it to speed up configuring theSmartNode Simply download the configuration note that matches your application to your PC Adapt theconfiguration as described in the configuration note to your network (remember to modify the IP address) andcopy the modified configuration to a TFTP server The SmartNode can now load its configuration from thisserver
Note If your application is unique and not covered by any of Pattonrsquos configura-tion templates you can manually configure the SmartNode instead of load-ing a configuration file template In that case refer to theSmartNode SeriesSmartWare Software Configuration Guide for information on configuring theSmartNode device
In this example we assume the TFTP server on the host with the IP address 17216111 and the configurationnamed SNcfg in the root directory of the TFTP server
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] copy tftp17216111SNcfg startup-config Download100 17216199(if-ip)[WAN]
After the SmartNode has been rebooted the new startup configuration will be activated
17216199(if-ip)[WAN] reload Running configuration has been changed Do you want to copy the running-config to the startup-config Press yes to store no to drop changes no Press yes to restart no to cancel yes
The system is going down
Additional InformationFor detailed information about configuring and operating guidance set up procedures and troubleshootingrefer to the SmartNode Series SmartWare Software Configuration Guide available online atwwwpattoncommanuals
When you issue thereload command the SmartNode will askif you want to copy the running configuration to the startup con-figuration Since you just downloaded a configuration file to thestartup configuration you must answer this question withNO Otherwise the downloaded configuration will be overwrittenand lost
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3563
35
Chapter 5 Contacting Patton for Assistance
Chapter contents Introduction 38Contact Information 38
Patton support headquarters in the USA 38 Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 38
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)38 Warranty coverage 38
Out-of-warranty service 39Returns for credit 39Return for credit policy 39
RMA numbers 39Shipping instructions 39
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3663
Introduction 36
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
IntroductionThis chapter contains the following information
bull ldquoContact Informationrdquomdashdescribes how to contact Patton technical support for assistancebull ldquoWarranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)rdquomdashcontains information about the
warranty and obtaining a return merchandise authorization (RMA)
Contact InformationPatton Electronics offers a wide array of free technical services If you have questions about any of our otherproducts we recommend you begin your search for answers by using our technical knowledge base Here wehave gathered together many of the more commonly asked questions and compiled them into a searchabledatabase to help you quickly solve your problems
Patton support headquarters in the USAbull Online support available atwwwpattoncombull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpattoncom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom800 am to500 pm EST (1300 to 2200 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+1 (301) 975-1007
bull Fax+1 (301) 869-9293
Alternate Patton support for Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) bull Online support available atwwwpatton-inalpcom
bull E-mail support e-mail sent tosupportpatton-inalpcom will be answered within 1 business day
bull Telephone support standard telephone support is available five days a weekmdashfrom900 am to530 pm CET (0800 to 1630 UTCGMT )mdashby calling+41 (0)31 985 25 55
bull Fax+41 (0)31 985 25 26
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs)Patton Electronics is an ISO-9001 certified manufacturer and our products are carefully tested before ship-ment All of our products are backed by a comprehensive warranty program
Note If you purchased your equipment from a Patton Electronics reseller ask yourreseller how you should proceed with warranty service It is often more con-venient for you to work with your local reseller to obtain a replacementPatton services our products no matter how you acquired them
Warranty coverage Our products are under warranty to be free from defects and we will at our option repair or replace the prod-uct should it fail within one year from the first date of shipment Our warranty is limited to defects in work-manship or materials and does not cover customer damage lightning or power surge damage abuse orunauthorized modification
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3763
Warranty Service and Returned Merchandise Authorizations (RMAs) 37
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual 5 bull Contacting Patton for Assistance
Out-of-warranty service Patton services what we sell no matter how you acquired it including malfunctioning products that are nolonger under warranty Our products have a flat fee for repairs Units damaged by lightning or other catastro-
phes may require replacement
Returns for credit Customer satisfaction is important to us therefore any product may be returned with authorization within 30days from the shipment date for a full credit of the purchase price If you have ordered the wrong equipment oryou are dissatisfied in any way please contact us to request an RMA number to accept your return Patton isnot responsible for equipment returned without a Return Authorization
Return for credit policybull Less than 30 days No Charge Your credit will be issued upon receipt and inspection of the equipment
bull 30 to 60 days We will add a 20 restocking charge (crediting your account with 80 of the purchase price)
bull Over 60 days Products will be accepted for repairs only
RMA numbers RMA numbers are required for all product returns You can obtain an RMA by doing one of the following
bull Completing a request on the RMA Request page in theSupport section at wwwpattoncom
bull By calling+1 (301) 975-1007 and speaking to a Technical Support Engineer
bull By sending an e-mail toreturnspattoncom
All returned units must have the RMA number clearly visible on the outside of the shipping container Please usethe original packing material that the device came in or pack the unit securely to avoid damage during shipping
Shipping instructionsThe RMA number should be clearly visible on the address label Our shipping address is as follows
Patton Electronics Company RMA xxxx 7622 Rickenbacker DrGaithersburg MD 20879-4773 USA
Patton will ship the equipment back to you in the same manner you ship it to us Patton will pay the returnshipping costs
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3863
38
Appendix A Compliance Information
Chapter contents Compliance41
EMC 41Safety 41PSTN Regulatory 41
Radio and TV Interference41FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 42Industry Canada Notice 42CE Declaration of Conformity 43 Authorized European Representative43
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 3963
Compliance 39
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
Compliance
EMCbull FCC Part 15 Class A bull EN55022 Class A
bull EN55024
Safety bull UL 60950-1CSA C222 N0 60950-1
bull IECEN60950-1
bull ASNZS 60950-1
PSTN Regulatory bull FCC Part 68
bull CS-03
bull TBR 4
bull TBR 12 amp 13
bull ASACIF S016
bull ASACIF S038
bull ASACIF S043 (GSHDSL card)
bull NZ ISDN Layer 3 Supplement
Radio and TV InterferenceThe SmartNode router generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properlymdashthatis in strict accordance with the manufacturerrsquos instructionsmdashmay cause interference to radio and televisionreception The SmartNode router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computingdevice in accordance with specifications in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to providereasonable protection from such interference in a commercial installation However there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation If the SmartNode router does cause interference to radioor television reception which can be determined by disconnecting the unit the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of the following measures moving the computing equipment awayfrom the receiver re-orienting the receiving antenna andor plugging the receiving equipment into a different
AC outlet (such that the computing equipment and receiver are on different branches)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4063
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) Statement 40
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
FCC Part 68 (ACTA) StatementThis equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and the requirements adopted by ACTA On the bottomside of this equipment is a label that containsmdashamong other informationmdasha product identifier in the formatUS AAAEQTXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company
The method used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply withthe applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advancethat temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isnrsquot practical the telephonecompany will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that couldaffect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice inorder for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service
If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact our companyIf the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you dis-connect the equipment until the problem is resolved
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission publicservice commission or corporation commission for information
Industry Canada NoticeThis equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This isconfirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that reg-istration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical speci-
fications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipmentThis Declaration of Conformity means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protec-tive operational and safety requirements The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate tothe users satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed usingan acceptable method of connection In some cases the companyrsquos inside wiring associated with a single lineindividual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord) Thecustomer should be aware that compliance with the above condition may not prevent degradation of service insome situations Repairs to some certified equipment should be made by an authorized maintenance facilitydesignated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment mal-functions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipmentUsers should ensure for their own protection that the ground connections of the power utility telephone linesand internal metallic water pipe system are connected together This protection may be particularly importantin rural areas
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4163
CE Declaration of Conformity 41
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual A bull Compliance Information
CE Declaration of Conformity This equipment conforms to the requirements of Council Directive 19995EC on the approximation of thelaws of the member states relating to Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment and the mutual rec-ognition of their conformity
The safety advice in the documentation accompanying this product shall be obeyed The conformity to theabove directive is indicated by CE sign on the device
The signed Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded at wwwpattoncomcertifications
Authorized European RepresentativeD R M Green
European Compliance Services Limited
Oakdene House Oak Road
Watchfield
Swindon Wilts SN6 8TD UK
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4263
42
Appendix B Specifications
Chapter contents Voice Connectivity 45Data Connectivity 45Voice Processing (signaling dependent)45Fax and Modem Support45Voice Signalling 46Voice Routingmdashsession router46IP Services46Management 47System47Physical47 WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)48Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP49
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4363
Voice Connectivity 43
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note Refer to the software feature matrix for the most up-to-date specifications
Voice Connectivity 1 or 4 PRI T1E1 ports on RJ48C connectors
NetUser configurable per port
Each port can be slave or master clock
Each port can be used to synchronize to an external clock master
Failover relay between ports 00 and 01 for specific models
Data Connectivity Two 101001000Base-Tx Gigabit Ethernet ports
All ports full duplex autosensing auto-MDX
Voice Processing (signaling dependent)Up to 120 full-duplex channels with Voice CODECS
bull G711 A-Law -Law (64 kbps)
bull G726 (ADPCM 16 24 32 40 kbps)
bull G7231 (53 or 63 kbps)
bull G729ab (8 kbps)
bull Transparent ISDN data
G168 echo cancellation (128 ms)Up to 120 simultaneous voice or T38 fax calls
DTMF detection and generation
Carrier tone detection and generation
Silence suppression and comfort noise
Adaptive and configurable dejitter buffer
Configurable tones (dial ringing busy)
Configurable transmit packet length
RTPRTCP (RFC 1889)
Fax and Modem Support Automatic fax and modem detection
Codec fallback for modem-bypass
T38 Fax-Relay (Gr 3 Fax 96 k 144 k)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4463
Voice Signalling 44
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
G711 Fax-Bypass
Voice SignallingSIPv2
H323v4
SIP call transfer redirect
Overlap or en-bloc dialing
DTMF in-band out-of-band
Configurable progress tones
Voice Routingmdashsession router
Local switching (hairpinning)Least cost routing
Interface huntgroups
Call-Distribution groups
Number blocking
Call Routing Criteria
bull Interface
bull Callingcalled party number
bull Time of day day of week date
bull ISDN bearer capability
bull Various other information elements (IEs) of the ISDN setup
bull Wildcard and regular expression matching
Regular expression number manipulation functions
bull Replace numbers
bull Addremove digits
bull Pattern matching and replacement
IP ServicesIPv4 router RIPv1 v2 (RFC 1058 and 2453)
Programmable static routes
ICMP redirect (RFC 792) Packet fragmentation
DiffServeToS set or queue per header bits
Packet Policing discards excess traffic
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4563
Management 45
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
8021p VLAN tagging
IPSEC AH amp ESP Modes
Manual Key IKE AESDES3DES Encryption
Management Web-based GUI
Industry standard CLI with local console (RJ-45 RJ-231 9600 bps 8 N 1) and remote Telnet access fullydocumented
HTTP web management and firmware loading
TFTP configuration amp firmware loading
SNMP v1 agent (MIB II and private MIB)Built-in diagnostic tools (trace debug)
Secure Auto-provisioning
SystemCPU Motorola MPC8360 series operating at 400 MHz
Memory
bull 256 Mbytes RAM (DDR 400MHz)
bull 32 Mbytes Flash
PhysicalDimensions 119W x 171H x 716D inch (302W x 44H x 182mm)
Weight lt21 oz (lt600g)
Power Consumption lt 16W
Operating temperature 32ndash104degF (0ndash40degC)
Operating humidity up to 90 non condensing
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4663
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable) 46
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
WAN Daughter Card (if applicable)
Note For information on configuring the WAN daughter cardsee Chapter5 ldquoGSHDSL Basic Configurationrdquoon page 36
Table 12 GSHDSL Daughter Card Specifications
Factor SpecsDSL bull ITU-T G9912 (and Amendment 2)
bull ITU-T G9912 Annex A B F Gbull Upgradable to ITU-T GshdslbismdashAnnex F and Gbull G9912 24 (12 pair) operationbull G9941 (Ghs) (per G9912)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E9
(TPS-TC for ATM transport)bull ITU-T G9912 Section E11
(TPS-TC for PTM transport)DSL Connection RJ-45Management bull I610 OAM F4F5
bull Management interfaces GUI and Telnetbull Software upgrade GUI and TFTP
ATM Support bull Classical IPoA (RFC 15772225)bull PPPoE Client (over ATM) (RFC 2516)bull IPoA (RFC 26841483)bull ATM AAL5 encapsulationbull Max 8 PVCsbull User selectable VC MUX and LLC MUX (default)bull Configurable auto-connectionbull ATM QoS UBR (default) CBR and VBR-rt VBR-nrt
UBR per VC queuingbull Auto-configuration TR-037 amp ILMI 40
InterworkingInteroperability bull GSHDSL Interoperability- Alcatel
- NEC
- Lucent Anymedia
- Lucent Stingerbull BRAS Interoperability
- Cisco
- RedbackFiber bull 100Mbps and 1000Mbps Fiber SFP
(For a list of tested SFP modules please refer tohttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp)
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4763
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 47
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP All SmartNode devices have assigned sysObjectID (isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID)numbers (seeTable 13)
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectIDSmartNode Model SysObjectID
SN49801E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970113614117681004221
SN49801E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970213614117681004222
SN49801E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970313614117681004223
SN49804E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970413614117681004224
SN49804E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970513614117681004225
SN49804E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970613614117681004226
SN49804E48V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970713614117681004227
SN49804E60V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970813614117681004228
SN49804E96V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn4970913614117681004229
SN49804E120V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010
136141176810042210SN49804E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021
136141176810042221SN49811E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497011
136141176810042211SN49811E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497012
136141176810042212SN49811E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497013
136141176810042213SN49814E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497014
136141176810042214
SN49814E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497015136141176810042215SN49814E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497016
136141176810042216SN49814E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497017
136141176810042217SN49814E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497018
136141176810042218
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4863
Identification of the SmartNode Devices via SNMP 48
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual B bull Specifications
Note The SysObjectIDs for the SN4991 GSHDSL ADSL Fiber and X21 mod-els are the same as the corresponding SN4991 models listed above
According toTable 13 an SNMP get request to isoorgdodinternetmgmtmib-2systemsysObjectID of a Smart-Node 49801E15VEUI device reads out a numeric OID of 13614117681004221 which represents aSmartNode 49801E15VEUI device The mapping of the sysObjectID to each of the SmartNode model is
realized with the SmartNode product identification MIB
SN49814E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497019136141176810042219
SN49814E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497020136141176810042220
SN49814E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497022136141176810042222
SN49911E15V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49701136141176810042211
SN49911E24V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49702136141176810042212
SN49911E30V isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49703136141176810042213
SN49914E15VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49704136141176810042214
SN49914E24VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49705136141176810042215
SN49914E30VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49706136141176810042216
SN49914E48VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49707136141176810042217
SN49914E60VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49708136141176810042218
SN49914E96VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn49709
136141176810042219SN49914E120VR isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497010136141176810042220
SN49914E30V120R isoorgdodinternetprivateenterprisespattonproductssn497021136141176810042222
The SNMP agent running in SmartWare is SNMP version 1(SNMPv1) compliant SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2) and SNMPversion 3 (SNMPv3) are not currently supported
Table 13 SmartNode Models and their Unique sysObjectID (Continued)
SmartNode Model SysObjectID
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 4963
49
Appendix C Cabling
Chapter contents Introduction 52Console52Ethernet 53E1 PRI 54T1 PRI 55
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5063
Introduction 50
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
IntroductionThis section provides information on the cables used to connect the SmartNode and the interface cards to theexisting network infrastructure and to third party products
ConsoleThe SmartNode can be connected to a serial terminal over its serial console port as depicted inFigure 10
Figure 10 Connecting a serial terminal
Note See sectionldquoConsole Portrdquo on page 55 for console port pin-outs
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Serial Terminal
Note A Patton Model 16F-561 RJ45 to DB-9 adapter is included witheach SmartNode device
RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5163
Ethernet 51
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
EthernetEthernet devices (10Base-T100Base-T1000Base-T) are connected to the SmartNode over a cable with RJ-45plugs All Ethernet ports on the SmartNode are Auto-MDX use any straight or crossover cable to connect tohubs switches PCs or other devices
Figure 11 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 10100Base-T
Figure 12 Typical Ethernet straight-through cable diagram for 1000Base-T
The interconnecting cables shall be acceptable for external useand shall be rated for the proper application with respect to volt-age current anticipated temperature flammability andmechanical serviceability
Hub
RJ-45 male
1236
RJ-45 male
1236
Straight-through cable
Note Other pins are not used
RS-232
Console
ETH0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
RJ-45 male1
2
3
6
4
5
7
8
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5263
E1 PRI 52
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
E1 PRIThe E1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 13onpage 52
Figure 13 Connecting an E1 PRI port to an NT1
Figure 14 E1 PRI port crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NT RS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-48C male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield TX Ring
TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
1234
5678
1234
5678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5363
T1 PRI 53
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual C bull Cabling
T1 PRIThe T1 PRI is usually connected to a PBX or switchmdashlocal exchange (LE) Type and pin outs of these devicesvary depending on the manufacturer In most cases a straight-through RJ-45 to RJ-45 can be used to connectthe PRI with a PBX A cross-over cable is required to connect to an NT device as illustrated inFigure 15onpage 53
Figure 15 Connecting a T1 PRI port to an NT device
Figure 16 T1 PRI crossover cable
Hazardous network voltages are present in the PRI cables If you detach thecable detach the end away from the SmartNode or interface card first to avoidpossible electric shock Network hazardous voltages may be present on thedevice in the area of the PRI port regardless of when power is turned OFF
To prevent damage to the system make certain you connect thePRI cable to the PRI port only and not to any other RJ-45 socket
Cross-over cable
NTRS-232
Console
ETH 0 0
ETH 0 1
R e s e t
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
T1 E1
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
RJ-45 male
RX RingRX TipRX Shield
TX Ring TX Tip TX ShieldNCNC
123
45678
123
45678
NC = No connection
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5463
54
Appendix D Port Pin-outs
Chapter contents Introduction 57Console Port57Ethernet 57PRI Port 58GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)58 ADSL Port (A models only)59Fiber Ports (F models only)59 X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)59
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5563
Introduction 55
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
IntroductionThis section provides pin-out information for the ports of the SmartNode
Console PortConfiguration settings 9600 bps 8 bits no parity 1 stop bit no flow control
Figure 17 EIA-561 (RJ-45 8-pin) port
Note NC means no internal electrical connection
Ethernet
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 14 RJ45 socket 10100Base-T
Pin Signal1 TX+2 TX-3 RX+6 RX-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8ndashRTS (NC)7ndashCTS (NC)
6ndashTD5ndashRD4ndashSG
3ndashDTR2ndashCD (NC)
1ndashDSR
Pins 1 amp 3 areconnected together
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5663
PRI Port 56
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
PRI Port
Note Pins not listed are not used
GSHDSL Port (2GS models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Table 15 RJ45 socket 1000Base-T
Pin Signal1 TRD0+2 TRD0-3 TRD1+6 TRD1-4 TRD2+5 TRD2-7 TRD3+8 TRD3-
Table 16 RJ-45 socketPin USR 1 RX Ring2 RX Tip3 RX Shield4 TX Ring5 TX Tip6 TX Shield
Table 17 RJ-45 connector
Pin Signal3 Tip 24 Tip 15 Ring 16 Ring 2
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5763
ADSL Port (A models only) 57
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual D bull Port Pin-outs
ADSL Port (A models only)
Note Pins not listed are not used
Fiber Ports (F models only)For tested and approved modules please refer to the list of SFPrsquos Patton has tested athttpwwwpattoncomproductssfpmodulesasp
X21 DB-15 Connector (D models only)
Table 18 ADSL Port RJ-45 connectorPin Signal4 Tip5 Ring
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5863
58
Appendix E SmartNode Factory Configuration
Chapter contents Introduction 61
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 5963
Introduction 59
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual E bull SmartNode Factory Configuration
IntroductionThe factory configuration settings for the SmartNode 4980 and 4990 are as follows
----------------------------------------------------------------
Factory configuration file ---------------------------------------------------------------- dns-relay
timer PROVISIONING now + 1 minute provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
sntp-client
sntp-client server primary poolntporg
profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
destination configuration activation reload immediate
location 1 httpredirectpattoncom$(systemmac)mac=$(systemmac)serial=$(systemserial)hwMajor=$(systemhwmajor)hwMinor=$(systemhwminor)swMajor=$(systemswmajor)swMinor=$(systemswminor)swDate=$(systemswdate)productName=$(systemproductname)cliMajor=$(climajor)cliMinor=$(climinor)osName=$(climajorgt=4|Trinity|SmartWare)subDirTrinity=$(climajorgt=4|Trin-ity)subDirSmartWare=$(climajorlt4|SmartWare)dhcp66=$(dhcp66)dhcp67=$(dhcp67)
location 2 $(dhcp66)
location 3 $(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 4 http$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 5 http$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
location 6 tftp$(dhcp66)$(dhcp67)
location 7 tftp$(dhcp66)$(systemmac)cfg
system
ic voice 0
profile napt NAPT_WAN
profile dhcp-server DHCPS_LAN
network 19216810 2552552550
include 1 192168110 192168199
lease 2 hours
default-router 1 19216811
domain-name-server 1 19216811
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6063
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6163
61
Appendix F End User License Agreement
Chapter contents End User License Agreement64
1 Definitions 642 Title 643 Term 644 Grant of License 645 Warranty 646 Termination 657 Other licenses 658 SmartWare licenses 65
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6263
End User License Agreement 62
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
End User License AgreementBy opening this package operating the Designated Equipment or downloading the Program(s) electronicallythe End User agrees to the following conditions
1 Definitions A) Effective Date shall mean the earliest date of purchase or download of a product containing the Patton
Electronics Company Program(s) or the Program(s) themselves
B) Program(s) shall mean all software software documentation source code object code or executable code
C) End User shall mean the person or organization which has valid title to the Designated Equipment
D) Designated Equipment shall mean the hardware on which the Program(s) have been designed and pro-vided to operate by Patton Electronics Company
2 Title Title to the Program(s) all copies of the Program(s) all patent rights copyrights trade secrets and proprietaryinformation in the Program(s) worldwide remains with Patton Electronics Company or its licensors
3 Term The term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date until title of the Designated Equipment is transferred byEnd User or unless the license is terminated earlier as defined in sectionldquo6 Terminationrdquo on page 63
4 Grant of License A) During the term of this Agreement Patton Electronics Company grants a personal non-transferable
non-assignable and non-exclusive license to the End User to use the Program(s) only with the DesignatedEquipment at a site owned or leased by the End User
B) The End User may copy licensed Program(s) as necessary for backup purposes only for use with the Des-ignated Equipment that was first purchased or used or its temporary or permanent replacement
C) The End User is prohibited from disassembling decompiling reverse-engineering or otherwise attempt-ing to discover or disclose the Program(s) source code methods or concepts embodied in the Program(s)or having the same done by another party
D) Should End User transfer title of the Designated Equipment to a third party after entering into thislicense agreement End User is obligated to inform the third party in writing that a separate End UserLicense Agreement from Patton Electronics Company is required to operate the Designated Equipment
5 Warranty The Program(s) are providedas is without warranty of any kind Patton Electronics Company and its licensorsdisclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of mer-chantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement In no event shall Patton Electronics Com-pany or its licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation damages for loss ofbusiness profits business interruption loss of business information or other pecuniary loss) arising out of theuse of or inability to use the Program(s) even if Patton Electronics Company has been advised of the possibil-ity of such damages Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequentialor incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
8122019 07MSN4980-90-UM
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull07msn4980-90-um 6363
SmartNode 4980 amp 4990 User Manual F bull End User License Agreement
If the Program(s) are acquired by or on behalf of a unit or agency of the United States Government the Gov-ernment agrees that such Program(s) arecommercial computer software or computer software documentation andthat absent a written agreement to the contrary the Governmentrsquos rights with respect to such Program(s) are
limited by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulations 12212(a) andor DEARS2277202-1(a) andor sub-paragraphs (a) through (d) of the ldquoCommercial Computer Software - RestrictedRightsrdquo clause at 48 CFR 52227-19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations as applicable
6 Termination A) The End User may terminate this agreement by returning the Designated Equipment and destroying all
copies of the licensed Program(s)
B) Patton Electronics Company may terminate this Agreement should End User violate any of the provi-sions of sectionldquo4 Grant of Licenserdquo on page 62
C) Upon termination for A or B above or the end of the Term End User is required to destroy all copies ofthe licensed Program(s)
7 Other licenses The Program may be subject to licenses extended by third parties Accordingly Patton Electronics Companylicenses the Programs subject to the terms and conditions dictated by third parties Third party software identi-fied to the Programs includes
bull The LGPL (Lesser General Public License) open source license distributed to you pursuant to the LGPLlicense terms (httpwwwgnuorglicenseslgplhtml)
8 SmartWare licenses bull A routing license is included at no charge
bull MGCP and VPN capabilities will require the purchase of an additional license
RedBoot (Red Hat Embedded Debug and Bootstrap) embedded system debugbootstrap environment fromRed Hat distributed to you pursuant to the eCos license terms (httpecossourcewareorglicense-overviewhtml ) and GNU General Public License (GPL) terms (httpwwwgnuorgcopyleftgplhtml )Source code is available upon request
